1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
13 @include rendition.texi
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
28 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
31 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
32 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
35 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
36 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
37 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
38 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
39 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
40 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
41 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
43 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
44 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
45 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
49 @dircategory Archiving
51 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
54 @dircategory Individual utilities
56 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
59 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
62 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
63 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
64 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
67 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
73 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
78 @cindex archiving files
80 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
81 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
84 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
85 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
94 * Date input formats::
102 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
103 * Copying This Manual::
107 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
111 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
112 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
113 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
114 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
115 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
116 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
117 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
119 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
122 * stylistic conventions::
123 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
124 * frequent operations::
125 * Two Frequent Options::
126 * create:: How to Create Archives
127 * list:: How to List Archives
128 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
131 Two Frequently Used Options
137 How to Create Archives
139 * prepare for examples::
140 * Creating the archive::
149 How to Extract Members from an Archive
151 * extracting archives::
159 * using tar options::
166 The Three Option Styles
168 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
169 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
170 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
171 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
173 All @command{tar} Options
175 * Operation Summary::
177 * Short Option Summary::
189 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
198 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
200 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
207 Options Used by @option{--create}
209 * Ignore Failed Read::
211 Options Used by @option{--extract}
213 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
214 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
215 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
217 Options to Help Read Archives
219 * read full records::
222 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
224 * Dealing with Old Files::
225 * Overwrite Old Files::
230 * Data Modification Times::
231 * Setting Access Permissions::
232 * Writing to Standard Output::
235 Coping with Scarce Resources
240 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
242 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
243 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
244 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
245 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
246 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
247 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
249 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
251 * General-Purpose Variables::
252 * Magnetic Tape Control::
254 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
256 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
258 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
259 * Selecting Archive Members::
260 * files:: Reading Names from a File
261 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
263 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
264 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
265 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
267 Reading Names from a File
273 * controlling pattern-matching with exclude::
274 * problems with exclude::
276 Crossing File System Boundaries
278 * directory:: Changing Directory
279 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
283 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
284 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
285 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
286 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
287 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
288 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
289 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
290 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
291 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
293 Controlling the Archive Format
295 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
296 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
297 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
298 * Standard:: The Standard Format
299 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
300 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
302 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
304 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
305 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
306 * old:: Old V7 Archives
307 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
308 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
309 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
311 Using Less Space through Compression
313 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
314 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
316 Tapes and Other Archive Media
318 * Device:: Device selection and switching
319 * Remote Tape Server::
320 * Common Problems and Solutions::
321 * Blocking:: Blocking
322 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
323 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
324 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
330 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
331 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
333 Many Archives on One Tape
335 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
336 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
340 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
341 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
342 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
344 GNU tar internals and development
351 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
357 @chapter Introduction
360 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
361 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
362 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
363 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
364 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
367 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
368 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
369 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
370 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
371 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
372 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
373 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
377 @section What this Book Contains
379 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
380 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
381 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
384 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
385 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
386 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
387 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
388 progressive order, building on information already explained.
390 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
391 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
392 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
393 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
394 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
395 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
396 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
397 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
398 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
399 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
401 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
402 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
404 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
405 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
406 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
407 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
408 about a specific topic.
410 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
411 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
412 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
413 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
415 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
416 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
417 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
418 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
422 @section Some Definitions
426 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
427 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
428 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
429 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
430 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
431 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
432 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
433 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
436 @cindex archive member
439 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
440 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
441 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
442 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
443 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
444 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
449 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
450 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
451 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
452 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
453 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
454 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
455 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
456 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
457 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
458 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
459 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
462 @section What @command{tar} Does
465 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
466 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
467 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
468 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
471 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
472 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
473 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
474 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
475 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
477 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
479 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
480 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
484 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
485 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
486 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
487 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
488 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
491 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
492 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
493 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
494 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
495 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
496 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
499 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
500 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
501 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
502 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
503 all dimensions, even time!)
506 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
507 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
508 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
509 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
510 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
511 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
512 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
513 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
517 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
518 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
519 files from one system to another.
522 @node Naming tar Archives
523 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
525 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
526 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
527 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
528 it and to make examples more clear.
533 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
534 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
535 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
536 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
537 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
540 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
542 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
546 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
548 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
549 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
550 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
553 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
554 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
555 following issues need special mentioning:
558 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
560 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
561 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
563 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
564 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
565 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
567 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
568 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
569 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
571 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
572 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
573 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
574 of this issue and its implications.
576 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
577 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
579 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
581 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
582 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
583 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
584 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
585 @option{--check-links}.
587 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
589 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
591 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
593 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
597 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
599 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
600 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
601 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
602 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
603 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
604 numerous and kind users.
606 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
607 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
608 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
609 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
610 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
612 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
613 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
614 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
615 i'll think about it.}
617 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
618 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
620 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
621 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
622 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
623 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
624 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
625 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
626 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
627 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
628 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
629 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
632 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
633 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
635 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
636 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
637 active development and maintenance work has started
638 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
639 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
641 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
644 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
647 @cindex reporting bugs
648 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
649 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
651 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
652 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
653 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
657 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
659 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
660 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
661 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
662 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
663 details about how @command{tar} works.
667 * stylistic conventions::
668 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
669 * frequent operations::
670 * Two Frequent Options::
671 * create:: How to Create Archives
672 * list:: How to List Archives
673 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
678 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
680 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
681 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
682 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
683 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
684 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
688 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
689 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
690 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
691 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
692 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
693 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
694 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
695 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
696 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
697 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
698 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
699 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
703 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
704 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
705 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
706 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
707 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
708 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
709 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
712 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
713 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
714 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
715 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
716 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
717 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
718 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
719 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
720 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
722 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
725 @node stylistic conventions
726 @section Stylistic Conventions
728 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
729 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
730 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
731 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
732 sometimes @samp{like this}.
734 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
735 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
737 @node basic tar options
738 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
740 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
741 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
742 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
743 operations, and options.
745 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
746 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
747 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
748 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
749 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
750 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
752 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
753 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
754 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
755 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
756 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
757 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
759 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
760 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
761 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
762 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
763 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
764 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
765 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
766 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
767 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
768 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
769 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Mnemonic Options}, and
770 @pxref{Short Options}).
772 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
773 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
774 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
775 For example, instead of typing
778 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
784 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
790 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
794 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
795 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
796 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
798 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
799 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
800 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
801 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
802 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
803 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
804 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
806 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
807 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
808 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
809 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
810 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
811 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
812 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
813 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
814 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
817 @node frequent operations
818 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
820 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
821 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
822 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
823 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
828 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
831 List the contents of an archive.
834 Extract one or more members from an archive.
837 @node Two Frequent Options
838 @section Two Frequently Used Options
840 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
841 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
842 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
843 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
844 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
845 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
854 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
857 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
858 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
859 Specify the name of an archive file.
862 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
863 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
864 that @command{tar} will work on.
866 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
867 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
868 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
869 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
870 look roughly like one of the following:
873 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
874 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
878 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
879 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
880 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
883 @node verbose tutorial
884 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
889 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
892 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
893 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
894 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
895 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
896 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
897 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
898 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
899 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
900 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
901 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
903 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
904 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
905 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. @FIXME{Describe the
906 exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.}
907 Other times, @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
908 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
909 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
910 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
913 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
920 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
924 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
925 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
929 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
933 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
935 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
939 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
944 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
945 all operations and option available for the current version of
946 @command{tar} available on your system.
950 @section How to Create Archives
953 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
954 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
955 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
956 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
959 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
960 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
961 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
962 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
963 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
964 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
965 other directories and other archives.
967 The three files you will archive in this example are called
968 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
969 @file{collection.tar}.
971 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
972 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
973 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
974 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
975 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
979 * prepare for examples::
980 * Creating the archive::
986 @node prepare for examples
987 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
989 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
990 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
991 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
992 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
993 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
994 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
996 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
997 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
998 the full path name of this directory is
999 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1000 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1002 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1003 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1004 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1005 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1007 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1008 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1009 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1010 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1011 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1012 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1013 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1014 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1015 you need to use a different option, such as @value{op-append}; see
1016 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1018 @node Creating the archive
1019 @subsection Creating the Archive
1021 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1022 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1025 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1028 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1029 option forms}. You could also say:
1032 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1036 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1037 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1038 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1039 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1041 Note that the part of the command which says,
1042 @w{@option{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1043 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1044 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1045 archive file you create.
1047 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1048 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1049 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1050 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1051 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1052 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1054 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1055 is the operation which creates the new archive
1056 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1057 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1058 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1059 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1060 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1061 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1062 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1064 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1065 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1066 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1068 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1069 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1072 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1076 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1077 the files in the directory.
1079 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1080 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1081 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1082 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1084 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1085 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1086 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1088 @node create verbose
1089 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1091 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1092 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1093 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1096 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1102 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1103 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1105 (note the different font styles).
1111 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1112 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1113 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1117 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1119 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1120 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1121 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1122 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1123 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1124 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1125 using short option forms:
1128 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1135 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1136 long or short option forms.
1138 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1139 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1140 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1141 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1142 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1146 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1150 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1151 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1152 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1153 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1154 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1155 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1156 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1157 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1158 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1159 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1160 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1162 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1163 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1164 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1169 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1173 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1174 becomes much more so:
1177 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1181 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1182 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1185 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1186 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1187 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1188 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1189 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1190 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1191 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1192 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1195 @subsection Archiving Directories
1197 @cindex Archiving Directories
1198 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1199 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1200 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1201 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1202 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1204 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1205 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1214 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1215 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1216 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1217 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1220 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1224 @command{tar} should output:
1231 practice/collection.tar
1234 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1235 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1236 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1237 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1238 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1239 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1240 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1241 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1242 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1243 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1244 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1245 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1246 into the file system).
1248 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1251 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1255 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1256 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1257 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1258 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1259 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1260 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1261 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1262 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1263 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1264 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1265 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1266 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1267 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1268 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1269 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1270 directory being dumped.}
1273 @section How to List Archives
1275 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1276 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1277 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1278 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1279 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1280 created in the last section with the command,
1283 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1287 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1295 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1296 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1299 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1308 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1309 to specify the name of the archive.
1311 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @option{--list}, then
1312 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1313 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1315 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1319 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1320 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1323 @cindex listing member and file names
1324 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1325 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1326 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1327 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1328 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1329 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1330 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1331 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1332 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1337 $ @kbd{tar cfv archive /etc/mail}
1338 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1340 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1342 $ @kbd{tar tf archive}
1344 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1349 @cindex @option{--show-stored-names} described
1350 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1351 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1352 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1355 @item --show-stored-names
1356 Print member (not @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1359 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1360 @cindex @option{--list} with file name arguments
1361 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1362 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1363 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1364 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1366 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1367 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1368 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1369 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1370 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1371 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1372 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1373 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1374 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1375 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1376 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1378 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1379 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1380 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1381 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1382 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1383 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1384 stored in the specified archive.
1391 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1393 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1394 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1395 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1396 @value{op-verbose} option.
1398 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1399 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1402 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1405 @command{tar} responds:
1408 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1409 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1410 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1411 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1412 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1415 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1416 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1419 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1422 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1423 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1425 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1426 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1427 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1428 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1429 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1430 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1431 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1432 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1434 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1435 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1436 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1437 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1440 * extracting archives::
1441 * extracting files::
1443 * extracting untrusted archives::
1444 * failing commands::
1447 @node extracting archives
1448 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1450 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1451 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1454 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1461 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1462 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1463 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1466 @node extracting files
1467 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1469 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1470 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1471 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1472 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1473 changing the archive's structure. Its contents will be identical to the
1474 original file @file{blues} that you deleted.
1476 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1477 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1478 the files in the directory again.
1480 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1481 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1484 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1488 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1489 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data modification
1490 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1491 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1492 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1493 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1494 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1495 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1496 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1497 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1498 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1499 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1500 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1503 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1504 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1505 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1506 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1507 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1508 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1511 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1512 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1515 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1516 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1519 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1521 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1522 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1523 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1524 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1525 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1526 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1527 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1528 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1529 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1530 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1531 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1534 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1535 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1536 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1538 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1539 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1540 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1541 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1542 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1543 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1544 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1545 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1549 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1555 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1556 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1557 in the example below:
1560 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1561 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1562 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1566 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1567 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1568 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1569 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1571 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1574 @node extracting untrusted archives
1575 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1577 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1578 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1579 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1580 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1581 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1582 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1583 extract it as follows:
1586 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1588 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1591 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1592 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
1593 with @value{op-verbose}.
1595 @node failing commands
1596 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1598 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1601 If you try to use this command,
1604 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1608 you will get the following response:
1611 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1612 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1617 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1618 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1619 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1622 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1628 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1632 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1635 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1639 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1640 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1641 files from the archive.
1643 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1644 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1646 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1649 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1651 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1652 be in the rest of the manual.}
1654 @node tar invocation
1655 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1658 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1659 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1660 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1661 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1662 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1663 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1664 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1665 depending on what the operation is.
1667 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1668 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1669 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1670 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1671 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1673 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1674 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1675 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1676 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1677 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1678 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1682 * using tar options::
1691 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1693 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1696 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1697 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1700 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1702 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1703 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1704 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1705 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1706 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1707 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1708 @command{tar} is to act on.
1710 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1711 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1712 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1713 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1715 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1716 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
1717 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
1718 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
1719 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
1720 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
1721 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1722 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1723 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1725 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1726 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1727 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1728 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
1729 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
1730 @value{op-absolute-names}.
1732 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1733 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1734 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1735 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1737 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1738 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1739 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1740 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1741 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1742 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1743 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1744 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1745 sufficient for this.
1747 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1748 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1749 @value{op-files-from} option.
1751 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
1752 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
1753 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
1754 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
1755 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
1756 on the entire contents of the archive.
1759 @cindex return status
1760 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1761 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1762 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1763 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1764 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1765 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1766 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1767 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1768 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1769 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1772 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1773 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1774 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
1775 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
1776 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
1777 remote operations, where it may be 128.
1779 @node using tar options
1780 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1782 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1783 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1784 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1785 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1786 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1787 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1788 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1789 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1790 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1791 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1793 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1794 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
1795 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
1796 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
1797 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
1798 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
1799 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
1800 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
1801 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
1802 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
1803 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
1804 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1806 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1807 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1808 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1809 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1810 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1811 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1812 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1813 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1814 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1816 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1817 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1818 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1819 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1820 write @value{op-list}.
1822 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1823 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1824 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1825 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1828 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1829 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1833 @section The Three Option Styles
1835 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1836 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1837 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1838 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1840 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
1841 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
1842 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
1843 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
1844 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
1845 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
1846 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
1847 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
1848 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
1849 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
1850 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
1851 feel comfortable with the others.
1853 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1854 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
1855 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1856 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1857 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1858 pay special attention to them.
1861 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1862 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1863 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1864 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1867 @node Mnemonic Options
1868 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1870 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1871 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1873 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1874 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1875 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1876 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1877 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1878 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1879 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1880 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1881 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1882 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1883 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1884 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1885 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1886 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1887 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1889 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1890 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1891 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1894 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1898 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1899 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1901 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1902 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1903 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1904 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1905 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1906 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1907 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1908 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1910 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1911 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1912 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1913 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1916 @subsection Short Option Style
1918 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1919 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
1920 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1921 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1923 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1925 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1926 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1927 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1928 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1929 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1930 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1931 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1932 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1934 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1935 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1936 white space characters}.
1938 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1939 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1940 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1941 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1942 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1943 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1944 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1945 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1947 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1948 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1952 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1955 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1956 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1957 end up overwriting files.
1960 @subsection Old Option Style
1963 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1964 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1965 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1966 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1967 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1968 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1969 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1970 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1971 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1972 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1973 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1974 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1976 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1978 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1979 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1980 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1984 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1988 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1989 the argument of @option{-f}.
1991 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1992 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1993 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1994 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1995 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1996 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1997 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2000 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2001 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2003 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2004 users. For example, the two commands:
2007 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2008 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2012 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2013 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2014 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2015 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2017 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2019 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2020 following are equivalent:
2023 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2024 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2025 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2028 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2030 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2031 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2032 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2033 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2034 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2035 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2036 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2037 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2038 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2041 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2043 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2044 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2045 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2046 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2047 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2048 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2049 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2050 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2051 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2052 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2053 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2054 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2057 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2058 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2061 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2062 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2063 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2064 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2065 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2066 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2067 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2068 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2069 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2070 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2071 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2072 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2073 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2074 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2075 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2076 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2077 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2078 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2079 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2080 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2081 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2084 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2088 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2089 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2090 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2091 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2092 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2096 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2097 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2098 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2099 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2100 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2101 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2102 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2103 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2104 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2105 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2106 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2109 @section All @command{tar} Options
2111 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2112 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2113 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2114 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2115 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2116 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2119 * Operation Summary::
2121 * Short Option Summary::
2124 @node Operation Summary
2125 @subsection Operations
2132 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2137 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2142 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2143 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2144 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2149 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2155 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2159 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2160 tape! @xref{delete}.
2165 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2170 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2175 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2180 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2185 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2186 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2187 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2188 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2189 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2190 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2195 @node Option Summary
2196 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2200 @item --absolute-names
2203 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2204 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2209 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2212 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2213 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2215 @item --atime-preserve
2216 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2217 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2219 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2220 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2221 have superuser privileges.
2223 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace} remembers the access time of a file
2224 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2225 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2226 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2227 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2228 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2229 other programs are writing the file at the same time. (Tar attempts
2230 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2231 conditions.) Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2232 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2233 incompatible with incremental backups.
2235 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2236 without interfering with time stamp updates
2237 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2238 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2239 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2240 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2241 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2242 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2243 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2244 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2245 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} then @command{tar} complains and
2246 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2247 option works when it actually does not.
2249 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2250 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace}, but this may change in the future
2251 as support for @value{op-atime-preserve-system} improves.
2253 If your operating system does not support
2254 @value{op-atime-preserve-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2255 times reliably by by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2256 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2257 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2258 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2259 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2261 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2263 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2264 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2265 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2267 @item --block-number
2270 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2271 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}
2273 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2274 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2276 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2277 record. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
2282 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2283 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2287 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2288 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2289 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2290 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2294 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2295 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2296 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2299 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2300 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2301 semantics for @option{-l}.
2303 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2309 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2310 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2311 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2313 @item --confirmation
2315 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2320 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2321 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2322 symlink. @xref{dereference}.
2324 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2327 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2328 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2329 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2331 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2333 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2334 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2336 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2337 @itemx -X @var{file}
2339 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2340 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2342 @item --exclude-caches
2344 Automatically excludes all directories
2345 containing a cache directory tag. @xref{exclude}.
2347 @item --file=@var{archive}
2348 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2350 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2351 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2352 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2354 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2355 @itemx -T @var{file}
2357 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2358 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2359 command-line. @xref{files}.
2363 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2364 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2365 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2367 @item --format=@var{format}
2369 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2374 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2377 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2381 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2382 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2386 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2389 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2393 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2395 @item --group=@var{group}
2397 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2398 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2399 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2400 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2402 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2409 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2410 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2411 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2415 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2416 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2419 Ignore case when excluding files. @xref{controlling pattern-matching
2422 @item --ignore-command-error
2423 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2425 @item --ignore-failed-read
2427 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2430 @item --ignore-zeros
2433 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2434 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2439 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2440 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2441 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME{incremental and
2442 listed-incremental}.
2444 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2446 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2448 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2449 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2450 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2452 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2453 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2454 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2455 discussion of @var{script-file}.
2458 @itemx --confirmation
2461 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2462 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2465 @item --keep-newer-files
2467 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2468 when extracting files from an archive.
2470 @item --keep-old-files
2473 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2474 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2476 @item --label=@var{name}
2477 @itemx -V @var{name}
2479 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2480 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2481 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2482 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2484 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2485 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2487 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2488 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2489 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2490 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2491 incremental format. @FIXME{incremental and listed-incremental}.
2493 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2495 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2496 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2497 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2498 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2499 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2500 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2501 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2504 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2505 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2506 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2507 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2508 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2510 @item --multi-volume
2513 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2514 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2516 @item --new-volume-script
2523 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2524 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2525 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2526 in cases when such recognition fails.
2528 @item --newer=@var{date}
2529 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2532 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2533 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2534 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2535 the date. @xref{after}.
2537 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2539 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2540 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2541 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2544 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2545 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2547 @item --no-ignore-case
2548 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2549 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2551 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2552 Print warnings about subprocesses terminated with a non-zero exit
2553 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2555 @item --no-recursion
2557 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2560 @item --no-same-owner
2563 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2564 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2567 @item --no-same-permissions
2569 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2570 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2573 @item --no-wildcards
2574 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2575 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2577 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2578 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2579 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2583 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2584 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @option{NUL}, so
2585 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2588 @item --numeric-owner
2590 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2591 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2595 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2596 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2597 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2599 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2600 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2601 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2602 removed in the future releases.
2604 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2606 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2608 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2609 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2610 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2611 line or via @option{-T} option.
2613 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2614 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2617 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2621 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2622 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2625 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2627 @item --one-file-system
2629 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2630 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2633 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2634 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2635 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2636 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2637 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2639 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2643 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2644 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2646 @item --overwrite-dir
2648 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2649 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2651 @item --owner=@var{user}
2653 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2654 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2655 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2656 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2659 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2660 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2661 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2662 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2664 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2666 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2668 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2669 (@pxref{posix}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2670 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2671 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2672 the following forms:
2675 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2676 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
2677 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2678 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2680 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2681 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2682 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2683 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
2684 (See @cite{glob(7)}). For example:
2687 --pax-option delete=security.*
2690 would suppress security-related information.
2692 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2694 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2695 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2696 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2698 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2699 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2700 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2701 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2702 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2703 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2704 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2705 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2708 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2711 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2712 will use the following default value:
2718 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2719 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2720 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2721 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2722 following character substitutions have been made:
2724 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2725 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2726 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2727 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2729 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2730 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2733 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2735 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2736 will use the following default value:
2739 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2743 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2744 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2747 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2748 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2749 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2750 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2751 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2752 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2755 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2756 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2757 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2758 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2759 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2761 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2762 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2763 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2764 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2765 For example, in the command:
2768 tar --format=posix --create \
2769 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2772 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2773 stored in the archive.
2777 @itemx --old-archive
2778 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2781 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2785 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2786 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2788 @item --preserve-order
2790 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2792 @item --preserve-permissions
2793 @itemx --same-permissions
2796 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2797 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2798 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2799 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2800 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2802 @item --read-full-records
2805 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2806 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2808 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2810 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2811 archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
2815 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2818 @item --recursive-unlink
2821 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2822 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
2824 @item --remove-files
2826 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2827 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
2831 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
2832 Currently this option disables shell invocaton from multi-volume menu
2833 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
2835 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2837 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2838 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2840 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2842 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2843 devices. @xref{Device}.
2846 @itemx --preserve-order
2849 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2850 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2851 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2852 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2856 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2857 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2858 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2859 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
2861 @item --same-permissions
2863 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
2865 @item --show-defaults
2867 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2868 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2869 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2872 $ tar --show-defaults
2873 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2876 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2878 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2879 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
2881 @item --show-stored-names
2883 This option has effect only when used in conjunction with one of
2884 archive creation operations. It instructs tar to list the member names
2885 stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
2886 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
2891 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2892 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
2894 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2895 @itemx -K @var{name}
2897 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2898 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2901 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2902 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2903 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2904 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2905 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2908 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2912 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2914 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2916 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2917 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
2919 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2922 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
2923 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2927 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
2928 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
2930 @item --to-command=@var{command}
2932 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
2933 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2938 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
2939 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
2943 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2949 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2950 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
2951 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
2955 (See @option{--compress}. @pxref{gzip})
2959 (See @option{--gzip}. @pxref{gzip})
2961 @item --unlink-first
2964 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
2965 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
2967 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2969 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2970 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
2974 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
2980 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2981 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2982 operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
2988 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2989 archive. @xref{verify}.
2993 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
2994 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
2997 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2999 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
3000 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
3004 Use wildcards when excluding files.
3005 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
3007 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3008 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
3009 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
3012 @node Short Option Summary
3013 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3015 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3016 them with the equivalent long option.
3022 @option{--concatenate}
3026 @option{--read-full-records}
3030 @option{--directory}
3034 @option{--info-script}
3038 @option{--incremental}
3042 @option{--starting-file}
3046 @option{--tape-length}
3050 @option{--multi-volume}
3058 @option{--to-stdout}
3062 @option{--absolute-names}
3066 @option{--block-number}
3074 @option{--files-from}
3078 @option{--unlink-first}
3090 @option{--exclude-from}
3098 @option{--blocking-factor}
3114 @option{--listed-incremental}
3118 @option{--dereference}
3122 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3130 @option{--keep-old-files}
3134 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3135 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3136 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3138 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3146 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3147 @option{--portability}.
3149 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3150 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3151 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3155 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3163 @option{--same-order}
3179 @option{--interactive}
3192 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3194 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3195 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3196 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3197 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3198 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3199 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3200 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3201 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3204 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3208 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3209 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3210 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3211 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3212 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3213 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3214 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3215 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3216 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3219 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3220 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3221 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3222 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3223 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3224 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3225 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3226 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3227 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3228 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3231 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3235 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3236 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3237 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3238 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3241 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3245 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3247 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3248 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3249 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3250 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3251 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3253 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3254 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3255 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3256 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3257 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3258 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3259 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3260 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3261 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3262 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3263 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3264 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3265 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3266 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3268 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3269 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3270 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3271 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3272 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3273 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3276 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3278 @cindex Progress information
3279 @cindex Status information
3280 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3281 @cindex Verbose operation
3282 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3283 @cindex Error message, block number of
3284 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3286 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3287 @cindex Information during operation
3288 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3290 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3291 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3292 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3293 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3294 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3295 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3296 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3297 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3298 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3299 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3300 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3301 helpful diagnostic tools.
3303 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3304 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3305 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3306 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3307 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3308 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3310 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3311 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3312 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3313 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3314 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3315 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3316 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3320 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3321 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3324 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3325 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3326 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3327 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3328 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3330 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3331 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3334 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3335 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3336 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3338 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3339 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3340 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3341 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3342 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3343 is actually making forward progress.
3345 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3346 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3348 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3349 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3350 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3351 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3352 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3353 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3354 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3357 @anchor{block-number}
3358 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3359 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3360 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3361 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3362 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3363 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3364 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3365 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3366 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3367 archive from a pipe.
3369 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3370 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3371 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3372 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3373 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3374 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3377 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3378 @cindex Interactive operation
3380 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3381 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3382 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3383 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3384 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3385 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3386 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3388 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3389 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3390 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3391 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3392 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3393 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3394 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3395 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3396 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3398 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3399 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3402 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3403 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3404 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3405 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3406 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3407 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3408 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3409 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3410 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3411 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3412 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3415 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3428 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3430 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3431 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3432 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3433 for these operations.
3436 @item @value{op-create}
3438 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3439 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3440 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3441 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3442 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3443 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3444 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3445 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3450 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3451 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3452 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3453 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3454 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3455 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3458 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3459 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3460 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3461 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3462 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3463 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3466 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3467 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3468 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3469 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3470 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3471 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3472 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3473 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3476 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3477 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3480 @item @value{op-extract}
3482 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3484 @item @value{op-list}
3486 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3487 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3488 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3489 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3490 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3491 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3492 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3493 that's really the way to go.
3495 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3496 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3501 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3503 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3504 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3506 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3507 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3508 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3509 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3510 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3511 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3512 error correction in special circumstances.
3514 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3515 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3527 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3530 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3531 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3532 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3533 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3535 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3536 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3537 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3538 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3539 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3540 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3541 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3542 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3544 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3545 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3546 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3547 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3549 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3550 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3551 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3552 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3553 where the last chapter left them.)
3555 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3560 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3563 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3568 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3570 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3574 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3578 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3581 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3582 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3583 already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A related operation
3584 is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3585 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3586 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3588 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3589 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3590 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3591 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3592 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3593 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3594 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3595 listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
3597 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3598 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3599 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3600 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3601 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3602 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3603 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3604 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3605 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3606 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3607 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3608 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3609 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3610 extracted before it, and so on.
3612 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3613 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3614 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3615 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3616 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3617 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3618 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3622 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3626 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3628 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3629 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3631 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3632 with the Same Name.}
3634 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3635 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3636 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3637 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3638 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3639 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3640 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3641 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3642 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3643 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3646 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3650 @node appending files
3651 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3653 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3654 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3655 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3657 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3658 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3659 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3660 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3661 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3662 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3663 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3664 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3665 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3666 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3668 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3669 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3670 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3671 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3673 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3674 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3675 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3676 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3677 @file{collection.tar}:
3680 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3684 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3685 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3688 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3689 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3690 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3691 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3692 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3695 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3696 title claims it will become...}
3699 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3701 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3702 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3703 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3704 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3705 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3706 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3707 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3708 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3709 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3710 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3711 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3712 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3713 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3714 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3715 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3716 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3717 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3718 versions of the file.
3720 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3721 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3722 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3723 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3724 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3725 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3726 newer version when it is extracted.
3728 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3729 archive in this way:
3732 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3737 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3738 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3739 list the contents of the archive:
3742 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3743 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3744 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3745 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3746 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3747 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3751 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3752 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3753 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3754 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3755 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3757 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3758 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
3759 the following example:
3762 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3763 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3766 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
3767 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3768 @value{op-occurrence} option.
3771 @subsection Updating an Archive
3773 @cindex Updating an archive
3775 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3776 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3777 @value{op-update}. The @option{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3778 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3779 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3780 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3781 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3783 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3784 The operation will fail.
3786 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3787 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3789 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3790 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3791 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3792 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3800 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3802 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3803 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3804 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3807 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3808 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3810 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3811 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3812 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3813 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3814 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3818 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3825 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3826 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3827 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3828 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3829 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3830 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3833 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3834 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3835 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3836 information about tapes.
3838 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3839 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3840 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3841 options intended specifically for backups are more
3842 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3845 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3847 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3848 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3849 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3850 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3851 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3852 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3854 To use @option{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3855 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3856 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3857 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3858 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3859 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3860 Members with the Same Name.}
3862 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3863 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3864 files from @file{practice}:
3867 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3870 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3876 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3877 contain what they are supposed to:
3880 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3881 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3882 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3883 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3884 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3885 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3888 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
3892 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3895 The result of this command is the concatenation of the archive
3896 specified with @option{--file} option and the archives, given in the
3897 command line. The new, concatenated archive will be called by the
3898 same name as the one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual,
3899 if you omit @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the
3900 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3901 default archive name.
3903 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
3905 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3906 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3909 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3916 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3917 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
3918 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
3919 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
3920 even check if the files are really tar archives.
3922 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3923 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3925 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
3926 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3927 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
3928 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
3929 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3931 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3932 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3933 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3934 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3935 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3936 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3937 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
3938 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3939 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3940 @command{cat} shell utility.
3943 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
3945 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3946 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3948 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3949 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3950 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3951 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3952 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3953 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3954 using @samp{tar --delete}. @option{--delete} will remove all versions of
3955 the named file from the archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run
3958 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
3960 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
3961 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3962 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3963 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3964 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3965 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3966 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3967 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3968 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3969 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3971 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3972 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3973 are in that directory, and then,
3976 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3986 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3987 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3994 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3995 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3996 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3998 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3999 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4002 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4003 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4006 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
4007 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4008 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4009 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4010 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4011 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4012 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4014 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4015 archive with a non-default record size.
4017 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4018 corresponding members in the archive.
4020 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4021 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4022 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4023 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4026 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4029 tar: funk not found in archive
4032 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
4033 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4034 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4036 @node create options
4037 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
4039 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4040 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
4041 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4045 * Ignore Failed Read::
4048 @node Ignore Failed Read
4049 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4052 @item --ignore-failed-read
4053 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4056 @node extract options
4057 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4060 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4061 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4063 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4064 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4065 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4066 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4067 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4068 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4069 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4070 @option{--extract} operation.
4073 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4074 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4075 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4079 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4080 @cindex Options when reading archives
4081 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4082 @cindex Records, incomplete
4083 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4084 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4085 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4086 @cindex Small memory
4087 @cindex Running out of space
4090 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4091 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4092 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4093 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4094 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4095 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4096 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4097 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4098 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4100 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4101 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4102 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4103 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4104 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4105 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4107 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4108 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4109 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4110 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4111 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4114 * read full records::
4118 @node read full records
4119 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4121 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4124 @item --read-full-records
4126 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4127 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4128 than the one specified.
4132 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4134 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4135 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4136 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4137 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e., a damaged
4138 archive, or one that was created by concatenating several archives
4141 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4142 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4143 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4144 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4145 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4148 @item --ignore-zeros
4150 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
4151 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4152 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4156 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4159 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
4162 * Dealing with Old Files::
4163 * Overwrite Old Files::
4165 * Keep Newer Files::
4167 * Recursive Unlink::
4168 * Data Modification Times::
4169 * Setting Access Permissions::
4170 * Writing to Standard Output::
4171 * Writing to an External Program::
4175 @node Dealing with Old Files
4176 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4178 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4179 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4180 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4181 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4182 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4183 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4184 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4185 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4186 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4188 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4189 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4190 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4191 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4192 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4193 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4195 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4196 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4197 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4199 @cindex Protecting old files
4200 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4201 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4202 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4203 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
4204 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4205 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4206 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4207 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4208 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4209 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4210 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4211 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4212 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4213 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4214 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4215 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4218 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4219 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4220 before extracting them.
4222 @node Overwrite Old Files
4223 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4227 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4231 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4232 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4233 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4234 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4235 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4236 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4237 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4238 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4239 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4240 they are in the way of extraction.
4242 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4243 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4244 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4245 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4246 are currently being executed.
4248 @item --overwrite-dir
4249 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4250 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4253 @node Keep Old Files
4254 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4257 @item --keep-old-files
4259 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4260 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4261 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4262 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4263 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4267 @node Keep Newer Files
4268 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4271 @item --keep-newer-files
4272 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4273 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4277 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4280 @item --unlink-first
4282 Remove files before extracting over them.
4283 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4284 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4285 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4288 @node Recursive Unlink
4289 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4292 @item --recursive-unlink
4293 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4294 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4297 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4298 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4299 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4300 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4302 @node Data Modification Times
4303 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
4305 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
4306 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4307 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
4308 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4309 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4312 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
4313 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4314 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4319 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4320 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4321 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4324 @node Setting Access Permissions
4325 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4327 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4328 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4329 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4330 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4331 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4332 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4335 @item --preserve-permission
4336 @itemx --same-permission
4337 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
4339 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4340 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4344 @node Writing to Standard Output
4345 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4347 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4348 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4349 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4350 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4351 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4352 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4353 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4354 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4355 found in the archive.
4360 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
4361 @value{op-extract}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
4362 files specified, @command{tar} writes the contents of the files
4363 extracted to its standard output. This may be useful if you are only
4364 extracting the files in order to send them through a pipe. This
4365 option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4368 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4369 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4370 it. You can use a command like this:
4373 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4376 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4379 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4382 Hovewer, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
4383 multiple files. See the next section.
4385 @node Writing to an External Program
4386 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
4388 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
4389 file to the standard input of an external program:
4392 @item --to-program=@var{command}
4393 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
4394 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
4395 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
4396 contents of the files to its standard output. @var{Command} may
4397 contain command line arguments. The program is executed via
4398 @code{sh -c}. Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
4399 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
4403 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
4404 from the following environment variables:
4407 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
4409 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
4411 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
4412 @item f @tab Regular file
4413 @item d @tab Directory
4414 @item l @tab Symbolic link
4415 @item h @tab Hard link
4416 @item b @tab Block device
4417 @item c @tab Character device
4420 Currently only regular files are supported.
4422 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
4424 File mode, an octal number.
4426 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
4428 The name of the file.
4430 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
4432 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
4434 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
4436 Name of the file owner.
4438 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
4440 Name of the file owner group.
4442 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
4444 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
4445 since the epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
4446 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
4449 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
4451 Time of last modification.
4453 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
4455 Time of last status change.
4457 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
4461 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
4463 UID of the file owner.
4465 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
4467 GID of the file owner.
4470 In addition to these variables, @env{TAR_VERSION} contains the
4471 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4473 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
4474 an error message similar to the following:
4477 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
4480 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
4482 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
4485 @item --ignore-command-error
4486 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
4487 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
4488 will be printed even if this option is used.
4490 @item --no-ignore-command-error
4491 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
4492 option. This option is useful if you have set
4493 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
4494 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
4498 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4500 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4501 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4502 else in the book...}
4505 @item --remove-files
4506 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4510 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4511 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4512 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4513 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4514 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4523 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4526 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4527 @itemx -K @var{name}
4528 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4529 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4532 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4533 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4534 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4535 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4536 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4537 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4538 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4539 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4540 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4543 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4547 @itemx --preserve-order
4549 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4550 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4552 or @value{op-extract}.
4555 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4556 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4557 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4558 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4559 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4560 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4562 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4565 @section Backup options
4567 @cindex backup options
4569 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4570 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4571 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4572 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4573 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4574 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4576 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4577 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4578 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4579 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4580 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4581 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4582 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4583 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4584 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4585 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4587 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4588 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4589 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4590 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4591 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4592 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4593 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4594 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4595 refers to a remote file.
4597 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4598 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4599 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4600 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4605 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4607 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4609 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4610 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4612 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4613 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4614 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4615 use the @samp{existing} method.
4617 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4618 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4619 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4620 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4625 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4626 Always make numbered backups.
4630 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4631 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4636 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4637 Always make simple backups.
4641 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4643 @cindex backup suffix
4644 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4645 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4646 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4647 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4648 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4652 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4653 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4654 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4655 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4656 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4657 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4660 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4664 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4667 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4668 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4669 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4671 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4674 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4675 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4676 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4677 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4678 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4679 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4680 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4681 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4683 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4684 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4685 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4686 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4689 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4693 The command also works using short option forms:
4696 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4700 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4703 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4705 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4706 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4707 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4708 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4709 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4710 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4711 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4712 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4713 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4714 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4716 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4717 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4718 @value{xref-files-from}.
4720 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4721 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4724 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4727 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4728 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4729 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4730 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4731 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4732 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4733 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4735 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4736 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4737 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4738 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4741 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4742 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4747 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4748 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4754 @item what are dumps
4755 @item different levels of dumps
4757 @item full dump = dump everything
4758 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
4759 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4762 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4764 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4766 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
4768 @item how to customize
4769 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4773 @item rsh doesn't work
4774 @item rtape isn't installed
4777 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
4780 @item write protection
4781 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
4782 @item files and tape marks
4783 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4784 @item positioning the tape
4785 MT writes two at end of write,
4786 backspaces over one when writing again.
4792 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4793 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4795 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4796 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4797 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4798 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4802 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4803 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4804 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4805 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4806 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4807 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4811 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4817 @cindex corrupted archives
4818 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4819 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
4820 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4821 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4822 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4823 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4825 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4826 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4827 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4829 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4830 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4831 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4833 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
4834 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4835 file system boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4837 The @value{op-incremental} (@value{pxref-incremental}) option is not needed,
4838 since this is a complete copy of everything in the file system, and a
4839 full restore from this backup would only be done onto a completely
4842 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4843 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4844 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4845 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4846 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4847 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4849 @node Incremental Dumps
4850 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4852 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
4853 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
4854 can be restored when extracting the archive.
4856 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
4857 backups: @value{op-listed-incremental} and @value{op-incremental}.
4859 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
4860 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
4861 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
4862 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
4863 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
4864 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
4868 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
4869 @itemx -g @var{file}
4870 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
4873 To create an incremental backup, you would use
4874 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
4875 (@pxref{create}). For example:
4878 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4879 --file=archive.1.tar \
4880 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
4884 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
4885 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
4886 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
4887 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
4888 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
4890 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
4891 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
4892 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
4893 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
4894 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
4897 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
4902 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
4906 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4907 --file=archive.2.tar \
4908 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
4910 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
4917 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
4918 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
4919 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
4920 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
4921 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
4922 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
4925 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
4926 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4927 --file=archive.2.tar \
4928 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
4932 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
4933 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
4934 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
4937 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
4938 obviously is supposed to be a non-volatile value. However, it turns
4939 out that NFS devices have undependable values when an automounter
4940 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
4941 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
4942 two NFS devices numbers over time. The solution implemented currently
4943 is to considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes to
4944 comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4945 to be a better way to go.
4947 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
4948 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
4950 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
4951 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
4952 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
4953 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
4954 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
4955 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
4956 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
4957 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
4958 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
4959 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
4960 extracting incremental backups (for more information, regarding this
4961 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
4963 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
4964 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
4965 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
4966 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
4967 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
4968 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
4969 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
4970 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
4971 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
4972 were created withouth @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
4973 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
4976 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
4977 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
4978 --file archive.1.tar}
4979 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
4980 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
4981 --file archive.2.tar}
4984 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
4985 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
4986 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
4987 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
4988 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
4989 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
4992 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
4993 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
4994 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
4995 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
4996 especially, the binary output it produced were considered incovenient
4997 and were changed in version 1.16}:
5000 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
5003 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
5004 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5005 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
5006 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
5013 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
5014 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
5015 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
5016 is included in the archive).@FIXME-xref{dumpdir format}. Each such
5017 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
5018 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
5020 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
5021 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
5022 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
5023 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
5024 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
5025 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
5028 @section Levels of Backups
5030 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5031 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
5032 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
5033 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5034 are daily re-archived.
5036 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
5037 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
5038 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5041 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5042 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
5043 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5044 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5045 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5046 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
5047 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
5048 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5050 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5051 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
5052 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
5053 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
5054 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5056 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5057 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5058 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
5059 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
5060 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
5061 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
5063 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
5064 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
5065 their use in detail.
5067 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
5068 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
5069 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5070 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5071 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, before
5072 making such an attempt.
5074 @node Backup Parameters
5075 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5077 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5078 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
5079 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5080 before using these scripts.
5082 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
5083 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
5084 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
5085 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
5086 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
5087 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
5088 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
5089 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
5091 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
5092 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
5095 * General-Purpose Variables::
5096 * Magnetic Tape Control::
5098 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5101 @node General-Purpose Variables
5102 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
5104 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
5105 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
5106 sends a backup report to this address.
5109 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
5110 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
5111 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
5112 or the string @samp{now}.
5114 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
5115 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
5118 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
5120 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
5121 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
5122 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
5123 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
5124 invocations of @command{mt}.
5127 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
5129 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5130 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
5133 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
5135 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5136 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
5137 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5138 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5139 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5141 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5142 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5143 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5144 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5145 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5146 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5147 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5148 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5149 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5151 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5152 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5153 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5154 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5157 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5159 A path to the file containing the list of the file systems to backup
5160 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5163 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5165 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5166 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5167 which the backup script is run.
5169 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5170 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5171 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5172 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5175 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5177 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5178 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5181 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
5183 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
5186 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5188 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5189 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5190 to use public key authentication.
5193 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5195 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote mashines. This will
5196 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5200 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5202 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5203 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
5206 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5208 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5209 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5210 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5211 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5212 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5213 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5215 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5218 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5220 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
5222 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5225 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5227 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5228 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5229 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5230 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5234 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5236 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5237 this will just be some literal text.
5240 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5242 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5243 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5246 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5247 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5249 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5250 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5251 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5253 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5254 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5255 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5261 mt -f "$1" retension
5266 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5267 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5280 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5281 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5282 it is defined as follows:
5285 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5293 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5294 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5295 including error count. Default definition:
5307 @subsection User Hooks
5309 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5310 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5311 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5312 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5313 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5314 taking four arguments:
5316 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5321 Current backup or restore level.
5324 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5327 Full path name to the file system being dumped or restored.
5330 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5331 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
5335 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5337 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5338 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
5341 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5342 Executed after dumping the file system.
5345 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5346 Executed before restoring the file system.
5349 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5350 Executed after restoring the file system.
5353 @node backup-specs example
5354 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5356 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5359 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5361 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5363 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5365 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5367 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5369 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5375 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5392 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5393 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5395 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5399 @node Scripted Backups
5400 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5402 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5405 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5408 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5409 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5410 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5411 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5412 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5413 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5414 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5415 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5416 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5417 create a level one dump.}
5419 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5420 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5423 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5425 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5429 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5433 The dump must be run immediately.
5436 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5437 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5438 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5439 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5440 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5441 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5442 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5443 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5446 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5447 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5448 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5449 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5450 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
5453 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5454 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5455 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5456 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5457 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5458 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5459 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5461 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5464 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5468 @item -l @var{level}
5469 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5470 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5474 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5476 @item -v[@var{level}]
5477 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5478 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5479 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5480 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5482 @item -t @var{start-time}
5483 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5484 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5488 Display short help message and exit.
5492 Display program license and exit.
5496 Display program version and exit.
5500 @node Scripted Restoration
5501 @section Using the Restore Script
5503 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5504 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5505 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5506 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
5507 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5509 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
5510 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5511 line. For example, running
5518 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5519 complicated example:
5522 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5526 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
5527 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
5529 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5530 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5531 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5532 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5533 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5534 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5540 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5545 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5547 @item -l @var{level}
5548 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5549 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5551 @item -v[@var{level}]
5552 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5553 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5554 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5555 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5559 Display short help message and exit.
5563 Display program license and exit.
5567 Display program version and exit.
5570 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5571 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5572 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5573 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5574 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5575 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5579 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5580 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5583 @value{xref-incremental}, for an explanation of how the script makes
5587 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5590 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5592 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5593 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5594 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5595 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5596 are in specified directories.
5599 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5600 * Selecting Archive Members::
5601 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5602 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5604 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5605 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5606 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
5610 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5611 @cindex Naming an archive
5612 @cindex Archive Name
5613 @cindex Directing output
5614 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5615 @cindex Where is the archive?
5618 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5621 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5622 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5623 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5624 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5625 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5626 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5627 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5628 instead of the default archive file location.
5631 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5632 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5633 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5637 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5640 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5644 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5645 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5646 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5647 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5648 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5649 for the archive name.
5651 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5652 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5653 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5655 @cindex Writing new archives
5656 @cindex Archive creation
5657 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5658 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5659 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5660 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5661 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5663 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5664 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5665 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5666 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5667 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5668 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5670 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5671 "notable tar usages".}
5674 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5679 @cindex Standard input and output
5680 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5682 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5686 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5690 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5691 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5692 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5693 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5694 as the username on the remote machine.
5696 @cindex Local and remote archives
5697 @anchor{local and remote archives}
5698 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5699 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5700 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5701 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5702 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5703 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5704 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5705 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5706 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5707 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5708 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5709 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5710 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5711 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5713 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5714 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5715 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5716 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5717 shouldn't mention it..}
5719 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5720 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5721 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5722 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5724 @node Selecting Archive Members
5725 @section Selecting Archive Members
5726 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5727 @cindex Specifying archive members
5729 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5730 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5731 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5732 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5734 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5735 the command line, as follows:
5737 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5740 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5741 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5744 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5745 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5747 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5748 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5749 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5750 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5751 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5752 @command{tar} does nothing.
5754 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5755 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5756 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5757 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5758 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5761 @section Reading Names from a File
5763 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5764 @cindex Lists of file names
5765 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5766 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5767 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5768 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5769 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5770 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5771 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5772 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5775 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5776 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5777 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5780 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5781 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5782 names are read from standard input.
5784 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
5785 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
5788 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
5790 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5792 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5793 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5794 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
5795 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5796 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
5797 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5801 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5802 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5806 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
5807 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
5808 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
5809 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
5810 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
5811 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
5812 specifying @option{-C} option:
5822 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
5827 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
5828 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
5829 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
5830 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
5835 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
5843 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
5844 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
5845 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
5849 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
5850 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
5851 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
5854 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
5855 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
5856 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
5859 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
5860 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
5880 @cindex @option{--add-file}
5881 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
5882 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
5883 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
5890 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
5892 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
5893 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
5894 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5895 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5896 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
5900 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5901 terminate in a newline.
5904 The @value{op-null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5905 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5906 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5907 @command{tar}, @value{op-null} also disables special handling for
5908 file names that begin with dash.
5910 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5911 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5912 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
5913 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
5914 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5915 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5916 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5917 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5918 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
5921 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5922 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5925 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5928 @section Excluding Some Files
5929 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5930 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5931 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5934 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5935 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5938 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5939 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5943 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5944 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5945 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5946 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5947 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5949 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
5952 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5953 @itemx -X @var{file}
5954 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5958 @findex exclude-from
5959 Use the @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5960 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5961 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5962 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5963 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5964 added to the archive.
5966 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5967 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5970 @item --exclude-caches
5971 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
5974 @findex exclude-caches
5975 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option causes
5976 @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
5977 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
5978 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
5979 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
5980 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
5981 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
5982 more easily excluded from backups.
5985 * controlling pattern-matching with exclude::
5986 * problems with exclude::
5989 @node controlling pattern-matching with exclude
5990 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5992 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5993 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5994 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5995 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5997 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5998 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5999 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
6000 before deciding whether to exclude it.
6002 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
6003 below. These options accumulate. For example:
6006 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
6009 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
6014 @itemx --no-anchored
6015 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
6016 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
6017 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
6020 @itemx --no-ignore-case
6021 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
6022 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
6025 @itemx --no-wildcards
6026 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
6027 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
6028 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
6031 @item --wildcards-match-slash
6032 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
6033 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
6034 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
6035 matched only by @samp{/}.
6039 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
6040 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
6041 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
6042 the name's parent directories.
6044 @node problems with exclude
6045 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
6047 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
6052 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
6053 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
6054 components is excluded. In the example above, if
6055 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
6056 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
6057 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
6060 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
6061 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
6062 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
6063 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
6064 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
6065 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
6068 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
6069 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
6070 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
6071 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
6072 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
6073 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
6078 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
6085 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
6089 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
6090 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
6091 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
6095 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
6096 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
6097 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
6098 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
6099 line and @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
6100 patterns listed in a file.
6105 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6107 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
6108 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
6109 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
6110 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
6111 of actual files in the file system. Wildcard patterns are also used for
6112 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
6113 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
6115 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
6117 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
6118 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
6119 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
6120 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
6121 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
6122 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
6123 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
6124 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
6125 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
6127 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
6128 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
6129 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
6130 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
6131 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
6132 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
6133 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
6134 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
6135 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
6136 @emph{last} in a character class.)
6138 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6139 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6140 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6141 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6142 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6143 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6145 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6146 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6147 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6150 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6151 who don't have dan around.}
6153 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6154 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6155 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6156 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6159 @section Operating Only on New Files
6160 @cindex Excluding file by age
6161 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
6162 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6163 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6166 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
6167 whose data modification or status change times are newer than the @var{date}
6168 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
6169 be a file name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
6170 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
6171 the archive will only include new files. If you use @option{--after-date}
6172 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
6173 than the @var{date} you specify.
6175 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6176 modification of the file's data (rather than status
6177 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
6179 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6180 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
6181 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
6182 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6185 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6186 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6187 @itemx -N @var{date}
6188 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6190 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
6191 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6193 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6194 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
6196 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6197 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
6200 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
6201 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
6202 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
6203 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6204 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6205 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6207 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the data
6208 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
6209 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
6210 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
6211 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
6214 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6215 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6216 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6217 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6218 contents of the file were looked at).
6220 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6221 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6224 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6227 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6228 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6229 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6230 @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
6234 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6237 @section Descending into Directories
6238 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6239 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6240 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6241 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6244 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6246 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6248 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6249 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6250 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6251 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6253 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6254 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6255 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6256 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6257 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6258 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6259 @command{tar}, or look.
6262 @item --no-recursion
6263 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6266 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6267 This is the default.
6270 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6271 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6272 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6273 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6274 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6275 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6276 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6277 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6278 located via @command{find}.
6280 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6281 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6282 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6283 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6284 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6285 no new files on its own.
6287 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6288 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6289 the files under those directories.
6291 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6292 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}).
6294 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6295 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6296 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6299 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6303 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6304 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6305 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6308 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
6309 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6312 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6313 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6314 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6315 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6316 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6317 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6318 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6321 @item --one-file-system
6323 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6324 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6327 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6328 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6329 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
6330 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6331 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6332 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6334 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6335 but nothing under it.
6337 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6338 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6339 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6343 * directory:: Changing Directory
6344 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6348 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6350 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6351 things around some.}
6353 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6354 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6355 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6358 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6359 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6360 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6361 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6365 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6366 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6367 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6373 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6377 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6378 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6379 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6380 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6381 store in the same archive.
6383 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6384 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6385 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6386 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6387 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6389 Contrast this with the command,
6392 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6396 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6397 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6398 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6399 named @file{orange-colored}.
6401 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6402 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6403 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6404 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6408 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6412 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6413 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6414 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6415 directories where those files were located.
6417 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6418 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6419 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6420 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6421 @option{--directory} option.
6423 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6424 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6425 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6426 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6427 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6428 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6429 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6431 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6446 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6449 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6452 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6453 list, i.e., always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6455 The interpretation of @value{op-directory} is disabled by
6456 @value{op-null} option.
6459 @subsection Absolute File Names
6464 @itemx --absolute-names
6465 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6466 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6469 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6470 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6471 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6473 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6474 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6475 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6476 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6477 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6478 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6479 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6480 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6482 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6483 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6484 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6486 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6487 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6488 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6489 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6490 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6491 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6492 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6493 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
6494 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
6495 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
6496 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
6497 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
6498 for the information on how to handle this case.}
6500 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6501 none of these transformations.
6503 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6504 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6506 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6507 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6508 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6510 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6511 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6512 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6513 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6514 more convenient than switching to root.
6516 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6517 to transfer files between systems.}
6519 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6522 @item --absolute-names
6523 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6524 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6528 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6530 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6531 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6532 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6533 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6535 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6536 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6537 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6540 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6544 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6545 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6549 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6550 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6553 @include getdate.texi
6556 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6558 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6559 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6560 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6562 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6563 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6567 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6568 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6569 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6570 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6573 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6577 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6580 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6581 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6585 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6586 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6587 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6588 devices, fifos etc.)
6589 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6591 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6592 and group name of the file owner).
6595 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6596 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6597 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6598 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6599 Automake prior to 1.9.
6602 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6603 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6604 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6607 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6608 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6609 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6610 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6612 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6614 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6616 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6617 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6621 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6622 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6623 currently does not produce them.
6626 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6627 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6628 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6629 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6630 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6631 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6632 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6633 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6634 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6636 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6641 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6644 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6645 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6646 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6647 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6648 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6649 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6650 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6653 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6654 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6655 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6656 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6657 switch to @samp{posix}.
6660 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6661 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6662 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6663 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6664 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6665 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6669 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6671 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6672 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6673 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6674 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6675 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6676 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6677 archives more portable.
6679 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6680 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6681 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6682 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6684 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
6685 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
6688 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6689 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6690 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6691 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6692 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6693 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6694 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6695 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6698 @node Portable Names
6699 @subsection Portable Names
6701 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6702 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6703 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6704 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6705 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6708 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6709 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6710 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6711 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6715 @subsection Symbolic Links
6716 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6717 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6719 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6720 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6721 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
6722 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6723 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6724 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6725 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6726 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6728 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6729 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6730 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6731 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6732 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6735 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6736 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6737 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6739 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6740 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6741 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6742 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6745 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6746 @cindex Format, old style
6747 @cindex Old style format
6748 @cindex Old style archives
6750 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6751 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6752 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6753 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6754 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6755 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6756 option). When you specify it,
6757 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6758 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6759 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6761 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6762 unless the archive was created using this option.
6764 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6765 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6766 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6767 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6768 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6771 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6773 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6774 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6775 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6776 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6777 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6778 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6780 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6781 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6784 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6786 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6787 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6788 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6789 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6790 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6791 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6792 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6793 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6794 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6796 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6797 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6798 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6800 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6801 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6804 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6806 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6807 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6809 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6810 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6813 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6815 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6816 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6817 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6818 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6819 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6820 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6821 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6822 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6823 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6824 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6827 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6828 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6829 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6830 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6831 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6832 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6833 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6834 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6836 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6837 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6838 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6839 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6840 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6841 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6842 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6843 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6844 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6845 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6846 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6848 @node Large or Negative Values
6849 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6850 @cindex large values
6851 @cindex future time stamps
6852 @cindex negative time stamps
6854 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6855 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6856 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6857 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6858 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6859 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6860 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6861 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6862 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6863 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6865 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6866 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6868 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
6869 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6871 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
6872 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6873 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6874 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6875 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6876 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6878 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6879 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
6880 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6881 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6882 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6883 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6884 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6885 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6886 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6889 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6892 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6893 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6897 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6898 @cindex Compressed archives
6899 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6901 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
6902 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programs. For backward
6903 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
6904 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
6905 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
6906 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
6907 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
6909 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
6910 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
6911 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
6912 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
6913 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
6914 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
6918 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
6921 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
6922 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
6923 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
6924 archive created in previous example:
6927 # List the compressed archive
6928 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
6929 # Extract the compressed archive
6930 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
6933 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
6934 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
6935 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
6936 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
6939 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
6940 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
6941 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
6944 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
6945 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
6948 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
6951 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
6952 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
6953 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@value{op-update}) them or delete
6954 (@value{op-delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
6955 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
6956 @value{op-append}). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
6959 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
6965 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6967 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
6968 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6969 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6970 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6971 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6972 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
6975 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6979 Another way would be to avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run
6980 @command{gzip} explicitly:
6983 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
6986 @cindex corrupted archives
6987 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6988 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6989 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6990 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6991 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6992 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6994 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6995 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6996 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6997 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6998 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6999 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
7003 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
7008 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
7011 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
7012 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
7013 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
7016 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
7017 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
7018 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
7019 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
7021 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
7022 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
7024 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
7025 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
7026 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
7029 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
7030 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
7031 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
7032 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
7033 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
7034 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
7035 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
7036 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
7037 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
7038 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
7040 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
7041 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
7042 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
7043 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
7044 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
7046 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
7047 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
7048 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
7049 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
7050 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
7052 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
7053 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
7054 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
7055 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
7056 extraction is needed rather than creation.
7058 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
7059 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
7060 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
7061 end up with less space on the tape.}
7064 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
7065 @cindex Sparse Files
7071 Handle sparse files efficiently.
7074 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
7075 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
7076 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
7077 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
7078 space needed to store such a file.
7080 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
7081 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
7082 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
7083 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
7085 Files in the file system occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
7086 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
7087 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
7088 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
7089 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
7090 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
7091 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
7092 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
7093 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
7094 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
7095 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
7096 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
7097 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
7098 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
7099 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
7100 more space than the original.
7102 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
7103 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
7104 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
7105 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
7106 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
7107 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
7108 about creating archives.
7110 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
7111 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
7112 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
7115 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
7116 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
7117 sparsely in the system.
7119 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
7120 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
7121 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
7122 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
7123 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
7124 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
7127 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
7132 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7133 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7136 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7137 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7138 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7139 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7140 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7141 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7142 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7143 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7144 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7145 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7147 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7148 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7149 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7150 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
7151 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7152 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7153 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7155 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7156 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7157 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7158 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7159 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7160 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7161 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7165 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7166 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7167 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7168 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7169 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7170 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7172 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7173 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7174 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7179 @section Handling File Attributes
7182 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
7183 avoid this, use the @value{op-atime-preserve} option, which can either
7184 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
7187 Handling of file attributes
7190 @item --atime-preserve
7191 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
7192 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
7193 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
7194 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
7196 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace} works on most systems, but it also
7197 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
7198 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
7199 (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or data modification times
7200 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
7203 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} avoids changing the access time in
7204 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
7205 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
7206 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
7207 complains right away.
7209 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
7210 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace}, but this is intended to change to
7211 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} when the latter is better-supported.
7215 Do not extract data modification time.
7217 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
7218 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
7219 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
7221 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7224 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7227 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7228 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7229 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7230 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7231 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7232 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7233 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7235 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7236 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7237 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7238 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7239 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7240 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7241 stored in the archive instead.
7243 @item --no-same-owner
7245 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7246 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7247 only for the superuser.
7249 @item --numeric-owner
7250 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7251 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7252 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7253 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7254 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7256 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7257 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7258 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7259 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7260 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7261 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7262 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7263 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7265 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7266 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7267 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7268 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7269 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7270 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7272 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7273 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7274 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7275 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7276 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7277 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7278 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7279 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7280 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7281 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7282 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7283 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7284 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7285 gives you a great deal of control already.
7288 @itemx --same-permissions
7289 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7290 Extract all protection information.
7292 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7293 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7294 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7295 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7296 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7299 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7302 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7304 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7305 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7307 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7312 @section Basic Tar Format
7315 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7316 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7317 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7318 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7319 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7320 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7321 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7323 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7324 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7326 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7327 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7328 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7329 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7330 information about file types.
7332 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7333 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7334 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7335 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7336 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7337 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7339 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7340 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7341 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7343 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7344 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7345 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7347 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7348 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7349 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7350 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7351 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7352 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7353 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7355 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7356 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7357 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7358 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7359 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7360 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7361 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7362 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7363 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7364 records after a zero block.
7366 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7367 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7370 @include header.texi
7373 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7374 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7375 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7376 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7379 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7380 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7381 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7382 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7383 of file contents is performed.
7385 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7386 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7387 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7388 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7390 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7391 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7393 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7395 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7396 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7397 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7398 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7399 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7400 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7401 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7402 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7403 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
7404 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7406 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7407 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7408 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7410 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7411 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7412 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7414 The @code{mtime} field is the data modification time of the file at
7415 the time it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal
7416 value of the last time the file's contents were modified, represented
7417 as an integer number of
7418 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7420 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7421 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7422 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7423 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7424 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7425 if it were all blanks.
7427 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7428 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7429 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7430 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7432 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7433 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access and
7434 status change times.
7436 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7437 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7438 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7439 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7442 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7443 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7444 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7445 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7446 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7447 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7448 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7449 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7450 differently from non-sparse files.
7452 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7453 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7454 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7455 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7456 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7457 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7458 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7459 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7460 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7461 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7462 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7463 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7464 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7465 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7466 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7467 used to handle a sparse file:
7469 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7470 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7471 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7472 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7475 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7476 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7478 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7479 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7480 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7481 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7482 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7483 an extended_header is needed.
7485 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7486 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7487 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7488 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7490 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7491 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7492 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7493 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7497 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7498 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7499 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7500 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7501 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7502 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7503 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7504 ends with a slash as a directory.
7506 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7507 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7508 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7509 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7510 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7512 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7513 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7514 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7516 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7517 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7518 These represent character special files and block special files
7519 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7520 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7521 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7522 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7524 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7525 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7526 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7527 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7528 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7529 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7530 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7531 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7534 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7535 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7536 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7538 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7539 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7540 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7541 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7542 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7543 type as a normal file.
7545 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7546 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7547 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7551 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7552 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7554 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7555 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7556 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7557 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7558 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7559 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7561 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7562 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7563 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7564 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7567 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7570 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7571 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7574 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7576 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7577 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7578 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7579 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7580 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7581 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7584 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7586 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7587 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7588 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7589 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7590 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7591 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7592 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7593 the original size of the file.
7595 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7597 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7598 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7599 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7600 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7602 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7604 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7605 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7606 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7607 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7608 of an archive should have this type.
7612 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7613 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7614 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7615 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7616 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7617 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7618 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7622 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7625 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7627 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7628 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7629 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7630 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7631 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7632 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7634 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7635 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7636 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7637 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7638 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7639 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7640 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7641 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7643 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7644 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7645 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7646 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7648 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7650 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7651 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7652 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7654 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7655 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7656 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7657 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7658 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7659 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7660 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7661 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7662 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7663 make hard links between them.
7665 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7666 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7667 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7668 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7672 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7675 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7676 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7677 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7680 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7684 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7685 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7686 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7687 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7688 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7690 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7691 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7694 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7696 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7697 to start on a record boundary.
7700 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7701 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7702 crashed archives at all.)
7705 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7706 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7707 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7708 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7709 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7710 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7711 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7715 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7716 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7719 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7720 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7721 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7724 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7725 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7726 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7727 backwards compatibility.
7729 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7730 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7731 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7734 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7737 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7738 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7740 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7741 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7742 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7743 such manipulation easier.
7745 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7746 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7748 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7749 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7750 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7751 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7753 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7754 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7755 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7756 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7757 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7758 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7760 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7761 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7762 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7766 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7767 * Remote Tape Server::
7768 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7769 * Blocking:: Blocking
7770 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7771 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7772 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7774 * Write Protection::
7778 @section Device Selection and Switching
7782 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7783 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7784 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7787 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7790 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7791 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7792 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7793 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7794 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7796 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7797 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7798 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7799 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7800 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7801 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7803 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7804 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7805 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7806 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7807 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7808 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7809 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7810 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7811 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7812 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7814 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7815 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7816 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7817 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7818 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7820 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7821 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7822 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7823 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7824 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7825 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7826 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7827 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7828 cartridges or diskettes.
7830 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7831 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7832 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7833 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7834 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7835 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7836 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7837 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7838 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7839 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7840 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7841 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7843 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7844 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7845 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7846 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7847 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7851 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7853 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7854 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7855 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7856 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7858 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7859 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7860 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7861 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7862 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7863 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7866 Specify drive and density.
7869 @itemx --multi-volume
7870 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7872 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7873 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7874 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7877 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7878 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7880 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7881 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7882 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7885 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7886 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7887 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. This implies
7888 @value{op-multi-volume}. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
7889 description of this option.
7892 @node Remote Tape Server
7893 @section The Remote Tape Server
7895 @cindex remote tape drive
7897 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7898 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7899 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
7900 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
7901 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
7902 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
7903 using a different login name if one is supplied.
7905 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7906 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7907 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
7908 installed by default.
7910 @cindex absolute file names
7911 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7912 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7913 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7914 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7915 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7916 message telling you what it is doing.
7918 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7919 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7920 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7921 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7922 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7923 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7924 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7925 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7926 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7929 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7930 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7931 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7932 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7933 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7934 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7935 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7937 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7938 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7939 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7940 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7941 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7942 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7944 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7945 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7946 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7947 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7948 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7949 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7951 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7952 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7953 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7954 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7955 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7957 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7958 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7960 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7961 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7962 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7963 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7964 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7965 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7966 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7967 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7969 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7970 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7977 no such file or directory
7980 errors from @command{tar}:
7981 directory checksum error
7984 errors from media/system:
7995 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7996 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7997 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7998 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7999 two terms in a quite consistent way.
8001 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
8002 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
8005 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
8006 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
8007 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
8008 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
8009 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
8010 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
8011 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
8012 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
8013 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
8014 parameter specified this to the operating system.
8016 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
8017 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
8018 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
8019 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
8020 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
8021 into the source code too.
8024 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
8025 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
8026 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
8027 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
8028 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
8029 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
8030 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
8031 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
8032 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
8033 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
8034 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
8037 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
8038 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
8039 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
8040 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
8041 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
8042 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
8043 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
8044 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
8045 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
8046 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
8047 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
8048 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
8049 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
8050 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
8051 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
8053 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
8054 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
8055 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
8056 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
8057 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
8058 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
8059 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
8060 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
8062 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
8063 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
8064 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
8065 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
8068 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
8069 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
8070 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
8071 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
8072 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
8073 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
8074 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
8075 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
8076 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
8077 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
8078 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
8079 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
8080 you must always specify the record size exactly with
8081 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
8082 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
8083 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
8086 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
8087 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
8088 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
8089 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
8090 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
8092 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
8093 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
8094 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
8095 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
8096 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
8097 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
8098 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
8099 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
8100 around one megabyte.
8102 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
8103 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
8104 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
8105 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
8106 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
8110 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
8111 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8114 @node Format Variations
8115 @subsection Format Variations
8116 @cindex Format Parameters
8117 @cindex Format Options
8118 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
8119 @cindex Options, format specifying
8122 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
8123 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
8124 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
8127 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
8128 you can use the options described in the following sections.
8129 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
8130 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
8131 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
8132 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
8133 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
8134 examples of format parameter considerations.
8136 @node Blocking Factor
8137 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8138 @cindex Blocking Factor
8140 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8141 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8142 @cindex Bytes per record
8143 @cindex Blocks per record
8146 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8147 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8148 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8149 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8150 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
8151 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e.,
8152 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
8153 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
8154 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
8156 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8157 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8158 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8159 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8160 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8161 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8162 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8163 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8164 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8165 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8166 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8169 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8171 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8172 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8173 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8174 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8175 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8176 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8178 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8179 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8180 example, this has been reported:
8183 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8187 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8188 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8189 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8190 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8191 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8192 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8193 for example, might resolve the problem.
8195 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8196 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8197 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8198 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8199 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8200 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8201 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8202 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8203 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
8204 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8205 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8206 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
8207 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8210 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8211 @itemx -b @var{number}
8212 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8213 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8219 @item -b @var{blocks}
8220 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8221 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8223 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8224 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8225 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8226 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8227 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8228 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8230 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8231 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8232 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8233 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8235 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8236 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8237 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8238 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8239 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8241 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8242 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8243 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8244 updating the archive.
8246 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8247 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8248 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8249 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8251 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8252 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8253 the amount of available virtual memory.
8255 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8256 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8257 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8260 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8262 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8263 redirected nor piped,
8265 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8268 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8272 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8273 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8274 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8280 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8281 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8282 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8283 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8284 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8285 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8288 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8289 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8290 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8291 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8295 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8296 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8297 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8298 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8299 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8300 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8301 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8304 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8305 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8306 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8310 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8311 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8313 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8314 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8315 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8316 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8317 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8318 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8321 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8322 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8323 are stored on a single physical tape.
8326 @itemx --read-full-records
8327 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8329 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8330 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8331 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8334 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8335 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8336 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8337 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8338 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8339 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8341 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8347 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8349 @cindex blocking factor
8350 @cindex tape blocking
8352 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8353 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8354 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8355 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8356 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8357 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8358 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8359 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8360 tape motion without loosing information.
8362 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8363 @cindex DAT blocking
8364 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8365 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8366 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8367 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8368 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8369 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8370 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8371 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8372 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8373 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8374 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8375 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8376 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8377 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8378 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8379 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8381 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8382 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8383 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8384 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8386 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8387 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8388 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8390 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8391 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8392 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8395 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8397 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8399 @findex ntape @r{device}
8400 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8401 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8402 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8403 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8404 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8405 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8406 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8409 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8410 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8411 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8412 means that a simple:
8415 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8419 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8420 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8421 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8424 @cindex tape positioning
8425 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8426 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8427 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8428 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8429 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8430 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8431 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8432 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8433 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8434 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8437 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8438 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8441 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8442 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8446 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8447 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8448 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8449 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8450 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8451 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8452 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8453 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8454 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8455 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8456 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8458 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8459 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8462 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8466 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8468 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8469 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8470 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8471 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8472 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8473 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8477 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8478 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8479 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8482 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8483 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8486 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8487 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8490 @node Tape Positioning
8491 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8494 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8495 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8496 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8497 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8498 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8499 two at the end of all the file entries.
8501 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8502 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8505 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8508 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8509 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8510 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8511 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8512 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8513 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8514 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8515 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8516 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8517 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
8518 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
8519 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
8521 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8522 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8523 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8524 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8528 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8532 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8535 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8536 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8537 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8539 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8540 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8541 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8542 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8543 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8546 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8549 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8552 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8553 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8554 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8556 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8561 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8564 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8567 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8570 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8574 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8577 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8581 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8583 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8584 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8587 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8588 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8591 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8592 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8595 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8596 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8597 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8598 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire file systems.
8599 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8601 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8602 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8603 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8604 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8605 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8606 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8607 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8608 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8611 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly portable format.
8612 You need @GNUTAR{} at both ends to process them properly.
8614 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8619 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8621 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8622 @item n @var{file name}
8623 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8625 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
8626 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to @command{tar}.
8628 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8631 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8632 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8634 @cindex End-of-archive info script
8636 @anchor{info-script}
8637 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8638 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8639 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8640 prompting procedure. It is executed without any command line
8641 arguments. Additional data is passed to it via the following
8642 environment variables:
8645 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
8647 @GNUTAR{} version number.
8649 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
8651 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
8653 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
8655 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
8657 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
8658 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
8659 Short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executed.
8660 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
8662 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
8664 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
8665 list of archive format names.
8668 The info script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
8669 by writing in to file descriptor 3 (see below for an
8672 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
8673 writing the next volume.
8675 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8676 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8677 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8678 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8679 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8680 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8681 never required for real, as far as we know.
8683 @cindex Volume number file
8686 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8687 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8688 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8689 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8690 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8691 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8692 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8693 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8696 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
8697 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
8698 can give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options. In this case
8699 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
8700 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
8701 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
8702 the info script). Secondly, you can use the @samp{n} response to the
8703 tape-change prompt, and, finally, you can use an info script, that
8704 writes new archive name to file descriptor. The following example
8705 illustrates this approach:
8710 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
8712 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
8713 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
8715 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
8720 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&3
8724 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8725 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8726 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8727 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8728 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @option{--extract
8729 --multi-volume} (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8732 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8733 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8734 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8735 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8738 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8739 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8743 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8744 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8745 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
8749 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8750 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8751 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8754 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8755 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8756 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8757 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8758 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8759 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8761 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8762 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8763 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8764 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8765 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8766 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8768 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8769 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8770 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8771 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8772 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8773 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8775 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8776 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8777 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8778 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8779 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8780 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8781 information about extracting archives.
8783 @value{op-info-script} (@pxref{info-script}) is like
8784 @value{op-multi-volume}, except that @command{tar} does not prompt you
8785 directly to change media volumes when a volume is full---instead,
8786 @command{tar} runs commands you have stored in @var{script-name}. For
8787 example, this option can be used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast
8788 messages such as @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when
8789 performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name} is done,
8790 @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8792 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8793 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8794 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8795 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8797 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8798 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8799 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8800 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8801 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8803 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8806 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8807 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8810 @item --multi-volume
8812 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8813 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8814 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8817 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8818 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8819 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8820 @value{op-create}. @xref{info-script}, dor a detailed discussion.
8823 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8824 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8825 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8826 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8827 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8828 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8829 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8830 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8831 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8832 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8833 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8834 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8837 @subsection Tape Files
8840 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8841 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8842 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8843 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8844 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8845 @value{op-multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
8846 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
8847 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
8848 (If you use the @value{op-label} option when reading an archive, it
8849 checks to make sure the label on the tape matches the one you give.
8852 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8853 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8854 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8855 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8856 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8857 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8858 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8860 People seem to often do:
8863 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8866 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8869 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
8872 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
8873 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
8874 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
8875 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
8876 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
8878 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
8879 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
8882 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
8885 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
8886 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
8887 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
8888 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
8889 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
8890 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
8892 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
8895 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8896 @cindex Labeling an archive
8897 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8900 @cindex @option{--label} option introduced
8901 @cindex @option{-V} option introduced
8902 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8903 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8904 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8905 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8906 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8909 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8910 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8911 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8912 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8913 @value{op-create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
8914 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
8918 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8919 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8920 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8921 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8922 @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on creating multiple
8925 @cindex Volume label, listing
8926 @cindex Listing volume label
8927 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
8928 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
8929 explicitely marked as in the example below:
8933 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8934 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8935 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8939 @cindex @option{--test-label} option introduced
8940 @anchor{--test-label option}
8941 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
8942 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
8943 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
8944 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
8945 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
8946 devices. For example:
8950 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
8955 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
8956 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
8957 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
8958 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
8962 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
8964 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
8969 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
8970 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
8971 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
8972 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
8973 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
8974 to @file{archive}, presumably labelled with string @samp{My volume},
8979 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
8980 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
8985 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
8986 @file{archive} is not labelled at all.
8988 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
8989 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8990 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
8991 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
8992 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
8993 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
8994 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
8995 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
8996 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
8997 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used,
8998 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
8999 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
9000 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
9001 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
9002 of it when the archive is being read.
9004 The @value{op-label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not available
9005 under that name anymore.
9007 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
9008 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
9009 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
9010 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
9014 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9015 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
9016 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9020 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
9021 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
9022 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
9023 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
9024 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
9025 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
9026 is usually not the case.
9029 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
9030 @cindex Verifying a write operation
9031 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
9036 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
9039 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
9040 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
9041 are recorded on the standard error output.
9043 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
9044 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
9047 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
9048 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
9049 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
9050 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
9053 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
9054 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
9055 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
9056 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
9057 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
9059 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
9060 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
9061 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
9062 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
9064 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
9065 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
9066 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
9068 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
9069 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
9070 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
9071 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
9072 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
9073 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
9074 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
9075 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
9076 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
9077 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
9078 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
9079 the same volume as the one just written or read.
9081 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
9082 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
9083 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
9084 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
9085 as long as programming is concerned.
9087 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
9088 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
9089 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
9090 for more information on these operations.
9092 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
9093 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
9094 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
9095 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
9096 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
9098 @node Write Protection
9099 @section Write Protection
9101 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
9102 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
9103 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
9104 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
9105 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
9106 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
9108 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
9109 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
9110 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
9111 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
9114 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9115 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9116 @include freemanuals.texi
9120 @include genfile.texi
9122 @node Snapshot Files
9123 @appendix Format of the Incremental Snapshot Files
9124 @include snapshot.texi
9126 @node Copying This Manual
9127 @appendix Copying This Manual
9130 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
9145 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32